GURUKUL 2009 Spoken Hindi Lesson Modules and Lesson Plans Ragini Narasimhan [T YPE THE COMPANY ADDRESS ]
Oct 22, 2015
GURUKUL
2009
Spoken Hindi Lesson Modules and Lesson
Plans
Ragini Narasimhan
[ T Y P E T H E C O M P A N Y A D D R E S S ]
Table of Contents
1 How to use this book 6
Class Stations 6
Beginner 6
Intermediate 6
Advanced 6
General guidelines 7
Techniques and nomenclature 7
Repetition Drill 8
Backward Build-Up Drill 8
Chain Drill 8
Single-Slot Substitution Drill 9
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill 9
Transformation Drill 9
Question and Answer Drill 10
Use of Minimal Pairs 10
Grammar Game 10
Transliteration rules 11
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou) (yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns 13
Introductions 13
यह वह and Nouns 13
हानही and practice Nouns 14
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी 14
Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना 14
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी 14
PROPSMATERIAL 15
Nouns 15
3 His-Her Relationships 17
Revision 17
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27
Revision 27
Verbs 27
3-word noun-verb combo 27
5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56
Revision 56
HisHer noun-verb combo 56
MyYour noun-verb combo 57
Commands 57
6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58
Numbers 1-12 58
Telling the hour 58
सबह दोपहर याम रात 58
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61
Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61
Nouns to be introduced 61
Tastes to be introduced 61
Time 61
Commands Respectful only 61
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74
Nouns 74
Verbs 74
Time 74
Commands Respectful only 74
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94
Nouns 94
Verbs 94
Commands Respectful only 94
10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108
STORY for Snack time 108
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108
11 Plurals िकतन 123
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130
13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा
पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131
15 Adverbs 131
16 Past tense 131
17 More past tense 131
18 Mixture of past and present 131
19 जब ndashतब 131
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Table of Contents
1 How to use this book 6
Class Stations 6
Beginner 6
Intermediate 6
Advanced 6
General guidelines 7
Techniques and nomenclature 7
Repetition Drill 8
Backward Build-Up Drill 8
Chain Drill 8
Single-Slot Substitution Drill 9
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill 9
Transformation Drill 9
Question and Answer Drill 10
Use of Minimal Pairs 10
Grammar Game 10
Transliteration rules 11
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou) (yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns 13
Introductions 13
यह वह and Nouns 13
हानही and practice Nouns 14
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी 14
Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना 14
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी 14
PROPSMATERIAL 15
Nouns 15
3 His-Her Relationships 17
Revision 17
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27
Revision 27
Verbs 27
3-word noun-verb combo 27
5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56
Revision 56
HisHer noun-verb combo 56
MyYour noun-verb combo 57
Commands 57
6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58
Numbers 1-12 58
Telling the hour 58
सबह दोपहर याम रात 58
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61
Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61
Nouns to be introduced 61
Tastes to be introduced 61
Time 61
Commands Respectful only 61
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74
Nouns 74
Verbs 74
Time 74
Commands Respectful only 74
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94
Nouns 94
Verbs 94
Commands Respectful only 94
10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108
STORY for Snack time 108
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108
11 Plurals िकतन 123
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130
13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा
पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131
15 Adverbs 131
16 Past tense 131
17 More past tense 131
18 Mixture of past and present 131
19 जब ndashतब 131
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
PROPSMATERIAL 15
Nouns 15
3 His-Her Relationships 17
Revision 17
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships 17
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships 18
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo 27
Revision 27
Verbs 27
3-word noun-verb combo 27
5 Verbs Commands Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts 56
Revision 56
HisHer noun-verb combo 56
MyYour noun-verb combo 57
Commands 57
6 Telling time time of day days of the week 58
Numbers 1-12 58
Telling the hour 58
सबह दोपहर याम रात 58
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip) 59
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables etc 61
Verbs to be revisedintroduced 61
Nouns to be introduced 61
Tastes to be introduced 61
Time 61
Commands Respectful only 61
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74
Nouns 74
Verbs 74
Time 74
Commands Respectful only 74
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94
Nouns 94
Verbs 94
Commands Respectful only 94
10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108
STORY for Snack time 108
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108
11 Plurals िकतन 123
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130
13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा
पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131
15 Adverbs 131
16 Past tense 131
17 More past tense 131
18 Mixture of past and present 131
19 जब ndashतब 131
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Commands Respectful only 61
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns commands etc 74
Nouns 74
Verbs 74
Time 74
Commands Respectful only 74
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns Commands etc 94
Nouns 94
Verbs 94
Commands Respectful only 94
10 म and herethere (यहावहा) 107
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा 107
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 107
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well) 108
STORY for Snack time 108
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा 108
11 Plurals िकतन 123
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ nearपास नीच 130
13 Adjectives (बडा ह का भीगाhellip) 130
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and More Adjectives (छोटा करीब स ता भारी सखा ऊपर अ छा
पराना नाटा ठडा पतला दबला बदसरत मखर साफ) 131
15 Adverbs 131
16 Past tense 131
17 More past tense 131
18 Mixture of past and present 131
19 जब ndashतब 131
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
19 जब ndashतब 131
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
1 How to use this book We have attempted to create lesson modules where each lesson module is only dependent on
knowledge of the previous lesson modules so it is better to teach them in succession
However if you determine that your group of children has already mastered the contents of
some of the modules then you can revise quickly and move on to the next set At the end of
each chapter we have included a set of clipartflashcards that you can show to a group of
children and use it as examples These clip arts are deliberately large so that you can show
them from a distance
Class Stations We recommend three stations beginner intermediate and advanced in EVERY class
Beginner
A beginner child has very little vocabulary and almost no grammar patterns We will however
include children who are extremely shy and hardly speak in this group to get their confidence
up and later move them
Intermediate
An intermediate child has reasonable vocabulary but very little grammar patterns We need to
build up their confidence in making sentences and start communicating
Advanced
An advanced child has both reasonable vocabulary and basic grammar patterns however
heshe just doesnrsquot see the point of using Hindi as a language If he sees a lot of hisher
peers using it they may be encouraged to speak it more often They may however have
specific issues such as plurals masculinefeminine usage etc
NOTE None of the classifications above is based on age of current class level of a child A
beginner in level 4 may be pretty similar to a beginner in level 2 in spoken Hindi
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
General guidelines Please speak ONLY in Hindi all the time using 3-4 word sentences as much as possible We
will need to be very careful about using only grammar structures that have been taught so far
even when we speak to them For instance
bull For several lessons (more than 50) only respectful form आप will be used and तम will
not be used at all so please do not use it even while speaking to them casually Even a
5 year old can be referred to as आप Similarly only इनका- इनकी and उनका ndashउनकी will be
used as the respectful form
bull Only present tense will be used in early modules and specifically present continuous
tense will be avoided in early modules Future and past tense will not be used in the
early modules so you will have to avoid it in your speech as well
bull Present tense in the early modules is of the form म ltकरताgt ह वह करती ह वह करता ह
bull Present continuous tense to be AVOIDED in the early modules म कर रहा ह वह कर रहा
ह वह कर रही ह
Please avoid teaching formal grammar Let them pick up the patterns naturally
Let us pay more attention to the grammar patterns rather than exact Hindi nouns For instance
if the child says ldquoladkA chair par baiThA hairdquo let it go Do not worry about correcting the chair
to kursI Let us build their confidence in grammar patterns first We should especially excuse
ldquonounsrdquo and possibly gently remind them verbsadjectivesadverbs etc that they forget
Techniques and nomenclature
We can borrow some techniques used in ESL (English as a second language) Many involve drill and practice It is effective when the instructor becomes a master in setting up and running verbal drills during class Here are a few of the drills that can be commonly used across all lessons as you see fit in your class
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Repetition Drill
The students are asked to repeat what the teacher says This basic drill is often used to teach the lines of the dialog
Backward Build-Up Drill
This drill is used when students are experiencing problems with the dialog The teacher notices a problem word and works backward through the dialog emphasizing the word until the entire sentence is repeated correctly For example if the model sentence is She is going to school and the students are having trouble with the word school the teacher may run the repetition drill as follows
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to sool bull T School bull S School bull T Going to school bull S Going to school bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school
Chain Drill
In this drill the teacher begins by asking a student a question The student answers the question and then proceeds to ask the next student the same question The chain continues until everyone in the room has had a chance to ask and answer the question This drill would obviously work better with smaller classes rather than very large ones
bull T How are you bull S1 I am fine thank you (To S2) How are you bull S2 I am fine thank you (To S3) How are you bull S3 I am fine thank you (To S4) How are you
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Single-Slot Substitution Drill
The teacher says a line from the dialog and then the teacher says another word (known as a cue) The students must repeat the line from the dialog substituting the cue word The teacher most often would use pictures to help with the meaning of the cue words
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T The post office bull S She is going to the post office
This same substitution can be used for language items other than nouns
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T He bull S He is going to school bull T We bull S We are going to school
Multiple-Slot Substitution Drill
This is the same idea as for Single-slot subsitution drills but rather than focusing on one single part of the sentence the instructor prompts different cues one at a time
bull T She is going to school bull S She is going to school bull T The store bull S She is going to the store bull T We bull S We are going to the store
Transformation Drill
The students must change the model sentence from one specific form to another Examples of the transformation drill are as follows
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
From affirmative to negative
bull T He likes to eat carrots bull S He does not like to eat carrots
From active to passive
bull T She opened the book bull S The book was opened
From direct speech to reported speech
bull T My name is Mary bull S She says her name is Mary
From a statement to a question
bull T I like carrots bull S Do you like carrots
Question and Answer Drill
This one is pretty self-explanitory Students are encouraged to anser questions very quickly and automatically
Use of Minimal Pairs
With this drill the instructor uses pairs of words that differ from each other by only one sound For example the words hat and hit The students are asked to auditorily discriminate between the two sounds and then say the two words It is thought that by comparing the two sounds side by side the students are better able to recognize and give the correct pronunciation This drill can also be used to make a comparison between the students native language and the target language
Grammar Game
This is a variation of the Chain Drill which has been transformed into a game In the Grammar Game the students engage in a word game using the alphabet The teacher begins the game by setting up the particular situation
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bull T I am going to the supermarket I need some apples bull S1 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples I need some bread
(bananas beans etc) bull S2 I am going to the supermarket Heshe needs some apples Heshe needs some
bread I need some coffee
If you are working with younger students you might not want them to repeat everything everyone has said before them It might be better to have them repeat only what the person immediately before them said or not have them repeat at all--they could just add their new item
Transliteration rules The following English letter groups are used to transliterate to their Hindi equivalents
Vowels a A i I u U e ai o au n H (अ आ इ ई उ ऊ ए ऐ ओ औ अ अः )
Consonants k kh g gh n (क ख ग घ)
ch chh j jh ~n (च छ ज झ)
T Th D Dh N (ट ठ ड ढ )
t th d dh n (त थ द ढ न)
p ph b bh m (प फ ब भ म)
y r l v sh shh s h (य र ल व श ष स ह)
kshh tr GY (कष तर जञ)
Exceptions ड़ ndash R ढ़ - Dh ऋ ndash Rri
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
2 Introductions (Myyour) (Iyou)
(yesNo) (ThisThat) Nouns
Introductions Teacher says मरा नाम lt नामgt ह आपका नाम कया ह Student says मरा नाम ltstudent
namegt ह
Make the children sit in a circle
Child A asks next ChildB आपका नाम कया ह
ChildB says मरा नाम ltstudent name Bgt ह
Child B asks next childC आपका नाम कया ह
This way everyone has practiced asking and answering the question
यह वह and Nouns 3 Use a bunch of real objects or flashcards here Keep the objectcard for ltnoungt close to
you point to it and say यह ltnoungt ह Then walk a bit far and keep it there and come back
and point to it far away and say वह ltnoungt ह Practice the nouns with them by asking यहवह
कया ह and insist on getting the Full sentence
4 Now make ChildA randomly pick cardsobject then place it close or far and ask next
person यहवह कया ह Next ChildB has to answer FULLY यहवह ltnoungt ह Then ChildB
does the picking and asking and so on
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
हानह and practice Nouns bull Point to a boy and say ldquoयह लड़का हrdquo and similar action with a girl Do this a few times
Then ask a child कया आप लड़का ह The child answers नह म लड़की ह or हा म लड़का ह and
so on Next pick up a random flashcard and ask कया यह ltnoungt ह The child has to
answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह
bull Let the children play 5 questions with each other One child thinks of one of the nouns
taught so far at random and tells you The others ask one at a time कया यह ltnoungt ह
The first child has to answer हा यह ltnoungt ह or नह यह ltnoungt नह ह Note Since the
set of nouns taught today are already known they should ask only based on what they
have seen which is why 5 guesses are sufficient You can rotate who answers
इनका- इनकी and उनका -उनकी Use masculine nouns in below form eg जता ताला िखलौना
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनका जता ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम का जता ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह इनका जता ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला का जता ह
Use feminine nouns in below form eg चाबी कसीर गाडी घड़ी
bull Point to a boy who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name)
o यह लड़का ह यह इनकी चाबी ह o यह राम ह राम लड़का ह यह राम की चाबी ह
bull Point to a girl who is sitting close to you and and say (replace name) o यह लड़की ह यह की चाबी ह o यह लीला ह लीला लड़की ह यह लीला की चाबी ह
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Note Switch back and forth between masculine and feminine Really EMPHASIZE on the
ending sound and its effect on the grammar pattern For eg यह इनकी चाबी ह You can say
this as yah iskeeee chAbeeeee hai for effect Similarly ldquoयह इनका जता हrdquo can be said as yah
iskaaaa jutaaaa hai for effect
For उनका ndashउनकी do the same thing by pointing to far off boy or girl
Now hand flashcards to the children ask them to say similar sentences by pointing to each
other and saying whose object it is
Other drills from the first chapter can be used as well if you wish
PROPSMATERIAL
Nouns
bull Point to real objects that are around you kitAb (book) mej(table) kursI (chair) khidkI
(window) darwAjA (door) Chitr (picture) kamIj (shirt) jUtA (shoe) ladkA(boy) ladkI
(girl) aurat (woman) AdmI (man) ghadI (clock)
bull Flashcards khilonA (toy) gAdI (car) gilAs (glass) peR (Tree) phUl (flower) chAbI
(key) thalA (lock) The next few pages will contain pictures of these nouns that you can
point to
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khilonA
gAdI
gilAs
peR
phUl chAbI
thAlA
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
3 His-Her Relationships
Revision Revision of introductions previous nouns हानह etc Make sure they all get to speak and
build up some confidence
Relationships
Please use flashcards at the end of this chapter Use Neel and Tanyarsquos family to show
भाई बहन िपताजी पापा माताजी मा दादा दादी नाना नानी Once again use the pictures to
avoid speaking in English By pointing they can easily understand
1 The teacher introduces Neel and Tanyarsquos family as
यह नील ह नील लड़का ह
यह ता या ह तनया लड़की ह
नील ता या का भाई ह
ता या नील की बहन ह
यह नील क पापा ह यह नील क िपताजी ह
यह ता या क पापा ह यह तनया क िपताजी ह
यह नील और ता या क पापा ह
यह नील की मा ह यह नील की माताजी ह
यह ता या की मा ह यह तनया की माताजी ह
यह नील और ता या की मा ह and so on with दादा दादी etc
2 Question and answer session The teacher holds the flashcard and asks यह कौन ह A
couple of times and gets answers from children turn by turn and later gets the children
to ask each other
Revision of इनका- इनकी with relationships Please use the same flashcards at the end of this chapter
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
यह नील ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह नील ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनक पापा ह
यह ता या ह यह इनकी मा ह
यह कौन ह (Answer यह नीलता या ह)
Next hold up the parent picture and ask यह कौन ह and get them to say यह इनक पापा ह or
यह इनकी मा ह
Next hold up grandparentsrsquo pictures and do the same drill
Revision of उनका - उनकी with relationships Use a similar drill except keep the flashcards a bit farther and say वह नील ह व उसक पापा ह
वह नील ह वह उनकी मा ह
वह ता या ह व उसक पापा ह
वह ता या ह वह उनकी मा ह
and ask them वह कौन ह And so on
मरी - मरा आपक-आपकी
Have the children ask each other about sisters brothers dadrsquos name momrsquos name etc
आपका भाई का नाम कया ह
मरा भाई का नाम ltgt ह
आपकी बहन का नाम कया ह
मरी बहन का नाम ltgt ह
आपक िपताजीपापा का नाम कया ह
आपकी मा का नाम कया ह
Homework
Listen to the audio snippet about Neel and Tanyarsquos family Discuss about it
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
ParivAr (Family)
Neel Tanya pApA aur mA
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pithAjIpApA नीलक पापा िपताजी तानयाक पापा िपताजी
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bahanbhAI नील की बहन तानया ह तानया का भाई नील ह
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
mA नील और तानया की मा
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Dadrsquos dad dAdAjI नील और तानया क दादाजी
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Dadrsquos mom dAdIjI नील और तानया की दादीजी
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Momrsquos mom nAnIjI नील और तानया की नानीजी
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Momrsquos dad nAnAjI नील और तानया क नानाजी
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
4 Verbs Noun-verb combo
Revision bull Revision हानह and relationships bull Revision of previous nouns and add more
Verbs Please use the flashcards at the end of this chapter
जाना आना करना भागना उठना बठना सोना चड़ना पड़ना िलखना खाना पीना etc
3-word noun-verb combo
Alternate between a girl and a boy throughout the exercises
1 Enacting Say म लड़का ह Pretend to run and say म भागता ह Now call a child and
make her do the same thing and say यह लड़की ह यह भागती ह (Or म लड़की ह म
भागती ह and यह लड़का ह यह भागता ह) Please stretch the ending sounds as ladkaaa
and bhaagtaaaa so that they recognize the pattern and similarly ladkeeee and
bhaagteeee Do this for every verb above by emphatically acting it out and also
pronouncing it emphatically but do NOT use English at all
2 Use flashcards at the end of chapter and ask questions about each one Even better
get the children to do the chain-drill exercise described in the first chapter
यह कया ह या यह कौन ह
यह कया करताकरती ह
यह लड़का कया करता ह यह लड़की कया करती ह
(Please NO plurals yet Again emphatically pronounce the ending sounds)
3 Play dumb-charades limiting to only above verbs Whisper into a childrsquos ear the verb
The child has to enact it Child has to ask म कया करताकरती ह Others in the group
have to guess what he or she is doing and say TWO complete sentences
a ldquoराम भागता ह or लीला भागती हrdquo Should be said to the teacher AND
b आप भागत ह to Ram or Leela whoever is the child actor
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khAnA (Eating) लड़की खाना खाती ह |
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khAnA (Eating) लड़का खाता ह | लड़का सब खाता ह |
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pInA (To drink) औरत पीती ह | औरत चाय पीती ह
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pInA (To drink) लड़का पीता ह लड़का शरबत पीता ह
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
baiThnA (To sit) khAnA (To eat)
आदमी बठता ह | आदमी खाना खाता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bhAgnA (To run) औरत भगती ह |
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bhAgnA (To run) लड़का भागता ह |
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bhAgnA (To run) आदमी भागता ह |
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
LikhnA (To write) लड़का िलखता ह |
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
likhnA (To write) लड़की िलखती ह |
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khelnA (To play)
क ा खलता ह |
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khelnA (To play)
िबलली खलती ह |
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Dhonaa (To wash)
लड़की धोती ह | लड़की पलट धोती ह
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Dhonaa (To wash) आदमी धोता ह | आदमी हाथ धोता ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
gAnA (To sing) लड़की गाती ह | लड़की गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
gAnA (To sing) लड़का गाता ह | लड़का गाना गाता ह |
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
gAnA (To sing) िचिड़या गाती ह | िचिड़या गाना गाती ह
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
gAnA (To sing) िहरण गाता ह | िहरण गाना गाता ह
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sochnA (To think) आदमी सोचता ह |
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sochnA (To think)
औरत सोचती ह |
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
tairnA (To swim) मछली तरती ह
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Tairnaa (To swim)
दिरयाई घोड़ा तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Tairnaa (To swim)
लड़का तरता ह |
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Tairnaa (To swim) लड़की तरती ह |
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
nAchnA (To dance)
मोर नाचता ह |
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
nAchnA (To dance) िबलली नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
nAchnA (To dance) औरत नाचती ह |
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
nAchnA (To dance) आदमी नाचता ह |
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
5 Verbs Commands
Possessive+Noun+Verb stmts
Revision 1 Revise the previous lessons verb-noun present tense combos For eg क ा भागता ह
िबलली भागती ह म भागता ह आप भागत ह आप भागती ह
HisHer noun-verb combo For example इनका क ा भागता ह इनकी िबलली भागती ह उनका क ा भागता ह उनकी िबलली भागती ह
2 Multiple Substitution exercise (use previous chapterrsquos flashcards)
o Teacher holds a िबलली flashcard and holds a flashcard showing ldquoभागनाrdquo
o Teacher points to a child (RamLeela) and says यह राम की (लीला की) िब ली ह
इनकी िबलली भागती ह
o Later says राम की (लीला की) िबलली भागती ह
o Teacher then replaces the िबलली flashcard with a क ा and says इनका क ा भागता ह
o Later says राम का (लीला का) क ा भागता ह
o Teacher uses several verb flashcards with िबलली and क ा and repeats the above
exercise This time however the children have to say the right sentences Each
child gets several turns
o Now use the relationship flashcards and combine with the verbs For example
use the brothersister flashcard instead of िबलली and try राम की बहन भागती ह and
so on with brother father mother grandparents etc
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
MyYour noun-verb combo
Eg मरा क ा भागता ह मरी िबलली भागती ह आपका क ा भागता ह आपकी िबलली भागती ह
3 Chain drill with multiple substitution
o Teacher gives an animal or relative flashcard to a child A Depending on the
flashcard the childA says to the next childB यह आपका क ा ह (Or यह आपकी
िब ली ह यह आपका भाई ह यह आपकी बहन ह यह आपक िपताजी ह)
o The teacher gives a verb flashcard to the first childA The child combines the two
flashcards and says to the next childB आपका क ा भागता ह
o The next childB says मरा क ा भागता ह
o Now ChildB does the same thing as child A with a different set of flashcards to
Child C and so on
Commands
Only respectful Commands आप भािगए आप चिढय
4 Commander and soldiers o The teacher shows a verb flashcard to a child Teachers says ldquoआप भािगएrdquo The
child pretends to run in place and says म भागता ह म भागती ह o The teacher says आप भागत ह आप भागती ह o The teacher asks the child to say the same thing to others and they run o Keep repeating with various verbs
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
6 Telling time time of day days of the
week
Numbers 1-12 Revise plain numbers You can get all the children to sit in a circle You can point to a child
and heshe starts with एक and one on left says दो and so on until you hit बारह Then the next
person says एक and so on Do this 3-4 times so that the numbers are ingrained
Telling the hour Please use the paper clocks provided or simply pull down the real clock in your class or draw
the clock figure Remember some of the 5 year olds may not know how to read the clock yet
so focus on the hour hand with them and point to the number The 6+ age group would know
and should be able to translate Please do not use English to translate
1 Show the clock with random hours and ask the children to say the time एक बजा ह दो
बज ह (No half past or quarter past right now)
2 Do the reverse They ask ldquoिकतन बज हrdquo and you say दो बज ह and ask the child to set the
time
3 Time game Play the time game outside if the weather permits The children have to
stand about 12-15 feet away from you and ask ldquoआटी िकतन बज हrdquo When you say अब
तीन बज ह they advance 3 steps and again they ask and you answer and they advance
When you say ldquoअब बारह बज हrdquo you run and try to catch them to ldquoeat themrdquo They kids
squeal with laughter with this game
सबह दोपहर शयाम रात 4 When do you do X The teacher can explain these times of the day by miming all the
actions of sleep and waking up and eating lunch and playing etc You can also use
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
flashcards at the end of this chapter No need to use English anywhere You can also
place the flashcards on the white board to show progression of these times during the
day
bull Teachers says ldquoआप कब सोत हrdquo The child answers ldquoम रात सोता हrdquo
bull आप कब उठत ह म सबह उठता ह bull After basic questions to establish the meaning of these words revise by asking about
when they toothbrush when they take a bath when they eat breakfast when they play with friends when the moon comes out etc
5 What time do you do X Do the same except ask them to be more specific about the
time Try this with as many verbs as possible
आप कब उठत ह म सात बज उठता ह आप कब सोत ह म आठ बज सोता ह
Days of the week (if time permits otherwise skip)
o आज अब कल परस o subah dopahar shyaam raath o आज रिववार ह (Only stick to future tense using ह कल सोमवार ह परस मगलवार
ह)
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
rAt (night) subAh (morning)
Dopahar (afternoon) sham (evening)
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
7 Dinner Scenario Verbs Vegetables
etc
Please use all the techniques used in the earlier chapters to revise the various verbs nouns and time concepts specific to Dinner time We have included a lot of flashcards at the end of the chapter to help you
Verbs to be revisedintroduced खाना पकाना पीना धोना बठना उठना बात करना etc
Nouns to be introduced
Vegetable names Kitchen utensils and dinner ware Table-chair
Tastes to be introduced Use the taste flashcards at the end of this chapter
Time
रात साथ बज खता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is dinner time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआइय बिठय खाना
खाईयrdquo etc and other children say ldquo म बठती ह म खाती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khAnA (To Eat) लड़की खाती ह लड़की खा रही ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खा रहा ह
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
PakAnA(To Cook) औरत पकाती ह औरत खाना पकाती ह
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
PakAnA(To Cook) आदमी पकाता ह आदमी खाना पकाता ह
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pInA (To Drink) औरत पीती ह औरत कोफी पीती ह (पी रही ह(
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pInA (To Drink) Santa Claus पीता ह Santa Claus juice पीता ह (पी रहा ह(
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sAf karnA(To wash) वह साफ़ करता ह वह बतरन साफ़ करती ह
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
baiThnA (to sit) आदमी बठता ह आदमी खाता ह आदमी खाना खाता ह
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
baingan TamaaTar
bhindI
KakaRikhiirA
nimbU
adarak
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pattAgobhiiBandhgobii maTar
bhuTTaa laukI
gAjar phUlgobI
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khaTTA namkIn
ThandA KaDvA
garam mIThA
tIkhA
TASTES
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
rAt (Night)
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
8 Waking up Scenario Verbs Nouns
commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns िब तर रजाई तोिलया साबन नल पानी
Verbs जागना उठाना सपना दखना toothbrush करना नान करना पोचना पहनना कगी
करना
Time सबह आठ बज जागता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is waking up time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a parentrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए Toothbrush
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson plans
earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
bistar
thakiyA
tauliyA sAbUn
KapaRe
kangI
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
rAt (Night)
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sonA (To Sleep) लड़की सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sonA (To Sleep) लड़का सोता ह
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sonA (To Sleep) िबलली सोती ह
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sonA (To Sleep) क ा सोता ह
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sapnA dekhanA (To
Dream)लड़का सपना दखता ह लड़की सपना दखती ह
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
subah (Morning)
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
jAgnA (To Wake Up) आदमी जागता ह
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
jAgnA (To Wake Up) औरत जगती ह
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करता ह SingularMasc
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
dAnth sAf karna लड़का दात साफ़ करती ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
snAn karnanahAnA लड़का ान करता ह लड़का नहाता ह
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
snAn karnanahAnA लड़की ान करती ह लड़की नहाती ह
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sAbUn lagAnA (rubbing soap)
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pochhanA (To wipe)
लड़की प छती ह
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pehannA (To wear)
लड़का पहनता ह लड़की पहनती ह लड़का कपड़ पहनता ह लड़की कपड़ पहनती ह
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
kangI karnA लड़का कगी करता ह
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
9 School Scenario Verbs Nouns
Commands etc
The flashcards included at the end of this chapter show progression in time For example it
starts off with the night scene someone sleeping and then seeing a dream then morning and
waking up and then brushing teeth and so on
Nouns मज कसीर िकताब मदान
Verbs पढना िलखना शोर मचाना चप रहना बात करना खलना िचलाना सनना रोना हसना धोना Time सबह आठ बज जाता ह etc
Commands Respectful only Ask the children to imagine that it is school time and do all the things that they normally do
You and eventually other children can ldquoact as a teacherrdquo and command ldquoआप उिठए काम
कीिजयी etc and other children say ldquoम उठती ह म काम करती हrdquo etc Use the various lesson
plans earlier to talk about above concepts
Once again please rely on interactive techniques from previous lessons to introducerevise these words and sentences
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
School
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
subah (Morning)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
jAnA (To Go)
लड़की जाती ह (लड़की सकल जाती ह)
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
jAnA (To Go)
लड़का जाता ह
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
PaDhanA (to read) लड़की पढ़ती ह लड़की िकताब पढ़ती ह
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sIkhnA (to learn) लड़की सीखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
likhnA (To Write)
लड़की िलखती ह
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
likhnA (To Write)
लड़का िलखता ह
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
chup rahnA (to be silent) लड़का चप रहता ह
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khAnA (To Eat) लड़का खाता ह लड़का खाना खाता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khelnA (To Play) लड़का खलता ह
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
khelnA (To Play) लड़की खलती ह
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
10 म and herethere (यहावहा)
Review all nouns to be used with यहावहा
1 पानी िगलास चमच लट घर पड़ फल म छली नाव िकताब िड बा bull Material required water in a glass plastic spoon paper plate book in school bag
pencil box in the bag and a paper boat Also please use the flashcards at the end of the chapter
bull Place the object close and say ltobjectgt यहा ह Later move it far and say ltobjectgt वहा ह
In (म) (Please use clipart at end of chapter) 2 Teacher shows several examples first
o पानी िगलास म ह िगलास म कया ह िगलास म पानी ह पानी िगलास म ह o चमच कहा ह चमच लट म ह लट म कया ह लट म चमच ह o राम कहा ह राम कल म ह o राम क पापा कहा ह राम क पापा घर म ह o राम की मा कहा ह राम की मा गाडी म ह म कल म ह o Maybe a lame idea but maybe fun Create a song with tune from Anuraag movie
Wah kya hai Ek Thaali hai Us thaali mein Ek chamach hai etc
2 The teacher then puts an object in another and asks questions
o िगलास म कया ह Child has to answer िगलास म पानी ह o Bag म कया ह Bag म िकताब ह o Remove the book and ask again to next child Bag म कया ह Bag म िड बा (Box) ह o िड ब म कया ह िड ब म pencils ह
3 Now teacher puts a paper boat in the glass of water Put the glass on the plate Do the chain drill exercise Note how it changes a bit from कया to कहा midway (You can try variations with
different objects)
o Child A इस लट म कया ह Child B लट म िगलास ह
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
o Child B इस िगलास म कया ह Child C िगलास म पानी ह o Child C पानी म कया ह Child D पानी म म छली ह o Child D म छली कहा ह Child E म छली पानी म ह o Child F पानी कहा ह ChildA पानी िगलास म ह o ChildA िगलास कहा ह ChildB िगलास लट म ह
4 If you have the series of boxes one inside another with various colors you can use it to show the same concept
Where do you do this task (review verbs as well)
Eg राम कहा खलता ह राम playground म खलता ह
5 Review verbs खलना खाना काम करना नान करना (नहाना) िलखना 6 Now teacher discusses several questions about where these tasks are done
o आप कहा खलत ह म playground म खलता ह o आप कहा खात ह म घर म खाता ह म dining room म खाता ह
o आपक िपताजी कहा काम करत ह मर पापा office म काम करत ह o आप कहा सोत ह म म सोती ह
o आप कहा नहात ह म म नहाती ह
o आप कहा िलखती ह म िकताब म िलखती ह म कल म िलखती ह
STORY for Snack time
Maybe कौवा और घड़ा Use all previously learnt concepts and do not add any other concept Story to be added below
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
dUdh (milk) gilAs (glass)
biskuT (biscuits) plate
िगलास म दध ह | पलट म िबसकट ह |
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
kaTorI (small bowl) chamach (spoon)
कटोरी म चमच ह |
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
chamach (spoon)
jHaaj (ship) paanii (water)
चमच म कया ह चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म कया ह पानी म जहाज ह |
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
Haath (hand) guitar लड़की क हाथ म कया ह लड़की क हाथ म िगटार ह |
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
AsmAn (sky)
havAI jhAj (airplane)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म हवाई-जहाज ह |
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pAnI (water) laDkI (girl) पानी म कौन ह पानी म लड़की ह |
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
jaNgal hAThI (elephant) जगल म कौन ह जगल म हाथी ह |
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
KaiNchI(scissors) hAth (hand)
हाथ म कया ह हाथ म कची ह |
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
RibA (box) aNgUThI (ring)
िडबब म कया ह िडबब म अगठी ह
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
pAnI (water) kamal (lotus)
पानी म कया ह पानी म कमल ह |
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
botal (bottle) dUdh (milk) बोतल म कया ह बोतल म दध ह |
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
ThAlI (plate) phal (fruits)
थाली म कया ह थाली म फल ह |
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
गानाhellip
यह कया ह एक थाली ह |
इस थाली म एक चमच ह |
इस चमच म पानी ह |
पानी म एक जहाज ह |
इस जहाज म एक चहा ह |
चहा गया िदलली | िदलली म िमली िबलली |
िबलली न मारा डडा चहा हो गया ठडा
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
11 Plurals िकतन
o यह क ा ह य क ह o वह िब ली ह व िबि लया ह o यहा िब ली ह यहा िबि लया ह यहा एक िब ली ह वहा दो िबि लया ह o वहा िब ली ह वहा िबि लया ह o एक िब ली रोती ह दो िबि लया रोती ह एक क ा चढ़ता ह तीन क चढ़त ह
o िकतन क ह तीन क ह
SECOND STORY GOES HERE Monkey and caps would be perfect for plurals and earlier stuff
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
ghoslA (nest) aNdA (egg)
घ सल म कया ह घ सल म अड़ ह |
घ सल म िकतन अड ह घ सल म तीन अड़ ह |
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
sitArA (star) AsmAn (sky)
आसमान म कया ह आसमान म तार ह |
आसमान म िकतन तार ह आसमान म तीन तार ह |
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
tAlAb (pond) machhalI (fish)
तालाब म कया ह तालाब म मछिलयॉ ह |
तालाब म िकतन ह तालाब म दो मछिलयॉ ह |
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
maidAn (playground) bache (children)
मदान म कौन ह मदान म बचच ह |
मदान म िकतन बचच ह मदान म तीन बचच ह |
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
gARI (car) log (people) गाड़ी म िकतन लोग ह गाड़ी म दो लोग ह
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
parivAr(family) log (people) इस पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह इस पिरवार म तीन लोग ह
तमहार पिरवार म िकतन लोग ह
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
12 Prepositions Onपर leftबाए
rightदाय frontसामन behindपीछ
nearपास नीच
7 Note No दर because we do not want to use स दर yet o Review all the nouns by placing objects in relative positions to practice prepositions o िकताब टबल पर ह o पिसल टबल क नीच ह o टबल कसीर क दाय ह o कसीर लड़क क सामन ह o लड़का लड़की क बाए ह o लड़की आटी क पीछ ह o आटी दरवाज़ क पास ह
13 Adjectives (बडा हलका भीगाhellip)
o गीला नीच बरा खराब काला नया लमबा गरम आलसी मोटा सनदर चतर गदा)
o Review prepositions with Adjectives
एक बड़ा िकताब टबल पर ह एक छोटा पिसल टबल क नीच ह
STORY 3 Ulta-pulta Jungle I have the story
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब
14 And और Butपर Alsoभी and
More Adjectives (छोटा करीब ससता भारी
सखा ऊपर अचछा पराना नाटा ठडा पतला
दबला बदसरत मखर साफ)
15 Adverbs
16 Past tense
17 More past tense
18 Mixture of past and present
19 जब ndashतब